blob: 89646725a0b884c5b8b10e4262a1682478788a29 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000423- ARM options:
424 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
425
426 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
427 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
428
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000429- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000430 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
431
432 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
433 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
434 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
435 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
436 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
437 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
438 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000439 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100440 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000441 default environment.
442
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000443 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
444
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200445 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000446 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
447 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
448
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200450
451 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400452 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
453 concepts).
454
455 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
456 * New libfdt-based support
457 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500458 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400459
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200460 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
461 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
462 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
463 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200464 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600465 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200466
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200467 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
468 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500469
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600470 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
471
472 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
473 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000474
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500475 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
476
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200477 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500478 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
479
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200480 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
481
482 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
483 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
484 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
485 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
486 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
487 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
488
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000489 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
490
491 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
492 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
493 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
494 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
495 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
496 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
497 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
498
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100499- vxWorks boot parameters:
500
501 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
502 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
503 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
504
505 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
506 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
507 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
508 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
511
512 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
513
514 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
515 the defaults discussed just above.
516
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000517- Cache Configuration:
518 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
519 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
520 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
521
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000522- Cache Configuration for ARM:
523 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
524 controller
525 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
526 controller register space
527
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200529 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000530
531 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
532
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200533 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000534
535 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
536
537 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
538
539 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
540 the clock speed of the UARTs.
541
542 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
543
544 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
545 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
546 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
547
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
549
550 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
551 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
552 this variable to initialize the extra register.
553
554 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
555
556 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
557 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
558 variable to flush the UART at init time.
559
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000561- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000562 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
563 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
564 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
565 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000566
567 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
568 port routines must be defined elsewhere
569 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
570
571 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
572 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000573 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000574 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
575 (default big endian)
576 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
577 rectangle fill
578 (cf. smiLynxEM)
579 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
580 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
581 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
582 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000583 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
584 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
586 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000587 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000588 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
589 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
590 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
591 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
592 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
593 (i.e. i8042_getc)
594 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
595 (requires blink timer
596 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200597 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000598 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
599 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500600 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000601 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
602 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000603 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
604 linux_logo.h for logo.
605 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000606 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200607 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000608 the logo
609
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
611 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
612 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000614 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
615 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
616 the "silent" environment variable. See
617 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000619- Console Baudrate:
620 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
621 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200622 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
623 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000624
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100625- Console Rx buffer length
626 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
627 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100628 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100629 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
630 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
631 the SMC.
632
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000633- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200634 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
635 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
636 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
637 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
638 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
639 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
640 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200641 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200642 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000643
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200644 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
645 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000646
Simon Glass295d3942011-10-18 13:43:20 +0000647- Pre-console putc():
648 Prior to the console being initialised, console output is
649 normally silently discarded. This can be annoying if a
650 panic() happens in this time.
651
652 If the CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_PUTC option is defined, then
653 U-Boot will call board_pre_console_putc() for each output
654 character in this case, This function should try to output
655 the character if possible, perhaps on all available UARTs
656 (it will need to do this directly, since the console code
657 is not functional yet). Note that if the panic happens
658 early enough, then it is possible that board_init_f()
659 (or even arch_cpu_init() on ARM) has not been called yet.
660 You should init all clocks, GPIOs, etc. that are needed
661 to get the character out. Baud rates will need to default
662 to something sensible.
663
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000664- Safe printf() functions
665 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
666 the printf() functions. These are defined in
667 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
668 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
669 If this option is not given then these functions will
670 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
671 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
672
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
674 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
675 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
676
677 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
678 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
679 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
680 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
681 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
682 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
683 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
684 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
685 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
686 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
687 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
688 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
689
690- Autoboot Command:
691 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
692 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
693 define a command string that is automatically executed
694 when no character is read on the console interface
695 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
696
697 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000698 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
699 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
700 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000701
702 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000703 The value of these goes into the environment as
704 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
705 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200706 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000707
708- Pre-Boot Commands:
709 CONFIG_PREBOOT
710
711 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
712 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
713 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
714 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
715 entering interactive mode.
716
717 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
718 automatically generated or modified. For an example
719 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
720 modified when the user holds down a certain
721 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
722 booting the systems
723
724- Serial Download Echo Mode:
725 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
726 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
727 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
728 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
729 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
730 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
731 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
732
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000734 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
735 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200736 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000737
738- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500739 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
740 from the build by using the #include files
741 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
742 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
743 and augmenting with additional #define's
744 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000745
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500746 The default command configuration includes all commands
747 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000748
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500749 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500750 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
751 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
752 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
753 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
754 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
755 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
756 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500757 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500758 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
759 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
760 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600761 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
762 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
763 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
764 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500765 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
766 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500767 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500768 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
769 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500770 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500771 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500772 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
773 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
774 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
775 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
776 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500777 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000778 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500779 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
780 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
781 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
782 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
783 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
784 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500785 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500786 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
787 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
788 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
789 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500790 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500791 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
792 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400793 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
794 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500795 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
796 loop, loopw, mtest
797 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
798 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
799 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100800 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
802 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600803 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000804 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
806 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
807 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
808 host
809 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
810 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
811 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
812 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
813 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
814 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
815 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
816 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
817 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700818 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100819 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400820 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200821 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000823 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000824 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000825 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500827 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
828 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000830
831 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
832 support you can write:
833
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
835 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000836
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400837 Other Commands:
838 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000839
840 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000842 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
843 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
844 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
845 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
846 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
847 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000848
849
850 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
851
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000852- Device tree:
853 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
854 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
855 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
856 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
857 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
858 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
859
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000860 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
861 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000862
863 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
864 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
865 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
866 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
867 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
868 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000869
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000870 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
871 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
872 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
873 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
874
875 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
876
877 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
878 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
879 still use the individual files if you need something more
880 exotic.
881
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000882- Watchdog:
883 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
884 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000885 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
886 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
887 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
888 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
889 available, then no further board specific code should
890 be needed to use it.
891
892 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
893 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
894 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
895 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000897- U-Boot Version:
898 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
899 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
900 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
901 version as printed by the "version" command.
902 This variable is readonly.
903
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904- Real-Time Clock:
905
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500906 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
908 following options:
909
910 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
911 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000912 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000913 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000914 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000916 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000917 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100918 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000919 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200920 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200921 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
922 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000923
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000924 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
925 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
926
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600927- GPIO Support:
928 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
929 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
930
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000931 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
932 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
933 pins supported by a particular chip.
934
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600935 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
936 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
937
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000938- Timestamp Support:
939
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000940 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
941 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
942 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500943 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000944
945- Partition Support:
946 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400947 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100949 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
950 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
951 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000952
953- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000954 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
955 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000956
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000957 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
958 be performed by calling the function
959 ide_set_reset(int reset)
960 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000961
962- ATAPI Support:
963 CONFIG_ATAPI
964
965 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
966
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000967- LBA48 Support
968 CONFIG_LBA48
969
970 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100971 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000972 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
973 support disks up to 2.1TB.
974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200975 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000976 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
977 Default is 32bit.
978
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000979- SCSI Support:
980 At the moment only there is only support for the
981 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
982 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200984 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
985 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
986 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000987 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
988 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200989 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000990
991- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000992 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000993 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
994
995 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
996 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
997 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
998 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
999
1000 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1001 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1002 example with the "sspi" command.
1003
1004 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1005 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1006 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001007
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001008 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001009 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001010
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001011 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1012 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001013 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001014 write routine for first time initialisation.
1015
1016 CONFIG_TULIP
1017 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1018 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1019 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1020
1021 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1022 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1023
1024 CONFIG_NS8382X
1025 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1026
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001027- NETWORK Support (other):
1028
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001029 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1030 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1031
1032 CONFIG_RMII
1033 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1034
1035 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1036 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1037 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1038
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001039 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1040 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1041
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001042 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1043 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1044
1045 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1046 Define this to hold the physical address
1047 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1048
1049 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1050 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1051
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001052 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1053 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1054
1055 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1056 Define this to hold the physical address
1057 of the device (I/O space)
1058
1059 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1060 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1061
1062 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1063 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1064 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1065
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001066 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1067 Support for davinci emac
1068
1069 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1070 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1071
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001072 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1073 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1074
1075 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1076 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1077 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1078 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1079 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1080 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1081 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1082 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1083
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001084 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001085 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1086
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001087 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001088 Define this to hold the physical address
1089 of the device (I/O space)
1090
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001091 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001092 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1093
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001094 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001095 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1096 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001097 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001098
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001099 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1100 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1101
1102 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1103 Define the number of ports to be used
1104
1105 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1106 Define the ETH PHY's address
1107
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001108 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1109 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1110
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001111- TPM Support:
1112 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1113 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1114 per system is supported at this time.
1115
1116 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1117 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1118 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1119 0xfed40000.
1120
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001121- USB Support:
1122 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001123 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1125 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001126 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127 storage devices.
1128 Note:
1129 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1130 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001131 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1132 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1133 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001134 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1135 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001136 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1137 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1138 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001139 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1140 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001141 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001142 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1143 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001144
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001145- USB Device:
1146 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1147 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1148 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001149 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001150 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1151 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001152 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001153 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1154 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1155 a Linux host by
1156 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1157 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1158 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1159 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001160
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001161 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1162 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001163
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001164 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1165 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1166 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001168 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001169 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1170 be set to usbtty.
1171
1172 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001173 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001174 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001175 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001177 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001178 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001179 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001180
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001181 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001182 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001183 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001184 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1185 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1186 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1187
1188 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1189 Define this string as the name of your company for
1190 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001191
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001192 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1193 Define this string as the name of your product
1194 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1195
1196 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1197 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1198 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1199 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1200 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001201
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001202 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1203 Define this as the unique Product ID
1204 for your device
1205 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001206
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001207- ULPI Layer Support:
1208 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1209 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1210 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1211 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1212 viewport is supported.
1213 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1214 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001215
1216- MMC Support:
1217 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1218 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1219 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1220 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001221 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1222 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001223
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001224 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1225 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1226
1227 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1228 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1229
1230 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1231 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1232
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001233- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1234 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1235 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1236 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001238 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1239 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001240 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001242 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001243 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1244 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1245
1246 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001247 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001248 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1249 have not defined a custom partition
1250
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001251- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1252 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1253 Support for saving memory data as a file
1254 in FAT formatted partition
1255
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001256- Keyboard Support:
1257 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1258
1259 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1260 support
1261
1262 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1263 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1264 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1265 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1266 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1267
1268- Video support:
1269 CONFIG_VIDEO
1270
1271 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1272 video).
1273
1274 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1275
1276 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1277
1278 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001279 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001280 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1281 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1282 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001283
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001284 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001285 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001286 are possible:
1287 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001288 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001289
1290 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1291 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1292 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1293 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1294 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1295 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1296 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001297 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1298
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001299 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001300 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001301
1302
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001303 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001304 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001305 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1306 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1307
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001308 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001309 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001310 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1311 support, and should also define these other macros:
1312
1313 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1314 CONFIG_VIDEO
1315 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1316 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1317 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1318 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1319 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1320 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1321
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001322 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1323 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1324 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1325 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001326
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001327- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001328 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001329
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001330 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1331 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1332 defined in your board-specific files.
1333 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001334
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001335- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1336
1337 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1338 display); also select one of the supported displays
1339 by defining one of these:
1340
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001341 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1342
1343 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1344
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001345 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001346
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001347 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001348
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001349 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001350
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001351 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1352 Active, color, single scan.
1353
1354 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1355
1356 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001357 Active, color, single scan.
1358
1359 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1360
1361 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1362 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1363
1364 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1365
1366 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1367 Active, color, single scan.
1368
1369 CONFIG_HLD1045
1370
1371 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1372 Active, color, single scan.
1373
1374 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1375
1376 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1377 or
1378 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1379 or
1380 Hitachi SP14Q002
1381
1382 320x240. Black & white.
1383
1384 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001385 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001386
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001387- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001388
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001389 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1390 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1391 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001392 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001393 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1394 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1395 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1396 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001397
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001398 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1399
1400 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1401 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1402 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1403 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1404 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1405 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1406
1407 Example:
1408 setenv splashpos m,m
1409 => image at center of screen
1410
1411 setenv splashpos 30,20
1412 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1413
1414 setenv splashpos -10,m
1415 => vertically centered image
1416 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1417
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001418- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1419
1420 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1421 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1422 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1423
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001424- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1425
1426 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1427 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1428 bmp command.
1429
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001430- Compression support:
1431 CONFIG_BZIP2
1432
1433 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1434 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1435 compressed images are supported.
1436
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001437 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001438 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001439 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001440
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001441 CONFIG_LZMA
1442
1443 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1444 images is included.
1445
1446 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1447 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1448 formula:
1449
1450 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1451
1452 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1453 and Literal pos bits.
1454
1455 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1456 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1457 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1458 a very small buffer.
1459
1460 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1461 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001462 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001463
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001464- MII/PHY support:
1465 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1466
1467 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1468
1469 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1470
1471 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1472
1473 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1474
1475 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001476 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001477
1478 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1479
1480 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1481 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1482 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1483 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1484
1485 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1486
1487 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1488 command issued before MII status register can be read
1489
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001490- Ethernet address:
1491 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001492 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001493 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1494 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001495 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1496 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001498 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1499 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001500 is not determined automatically.
1501
1502- IP address:
1503 CONFIG_IPADDR
1504
1505 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001506 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001507 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001508 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001509
1510- Server IP address:
1511 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1512
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001513 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001514 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001515 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001516
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001517 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1518
1519 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1520 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1521
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001522- Gateway IP address:
1523 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1524
1525 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1526 default router where packets to other networks are
1527 sent to.
1528 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1529
1530- Subnet mask:
1531 CONFIG_NETMASK
1532
1533 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1534 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1535 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1536 forwarded through a router.
1537 (Environment variable "netmask")
1538
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001539- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1540 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1541
1542 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1543 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001544 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001545 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1546 multicast group.
1547
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001548- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1549 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1550
1551 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1552 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1553 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1554 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1555 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1556 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1557 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1558 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001559 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001560
1561 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1562 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1563 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1564 4th and following
1565 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1566
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001567- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001568 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1569 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001570
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001571 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1572 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1573 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1574 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1575 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1576 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1577 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1578 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1579 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1580 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1581 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1582 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001583
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001584 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1585 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001586
1587 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1588 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1589 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1590 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1591 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1592 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1593 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001594 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001595
1596 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1597 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1598 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001599 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001600 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1601 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001602
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001603 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1604
1605 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1606 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1607 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1608 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1609 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1610 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1611 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1612 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1613 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1614 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1615 this delay.
1616
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001617 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001618 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001619
1620 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1621
1622 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1623
1624 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1625 of the device.
1626
1627 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1628
1629 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1630 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001631 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001632
1633 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1634
1635 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1636 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1637
1638 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1639
1640 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1641
1642 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1643
1644 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1645
1646 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1647
1648 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1649
1650 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1651
1652 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1653 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1654
1655 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1656
1657 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1658
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001659- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1660
1661 Several configurations allow to display the current
1662 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1663 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1664 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1665 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1666 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1667 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1668 feature in U-Boot.
1669
1670- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1671
1672 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1673 on those systems that support this (optional)
1674 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1675
1676- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1677
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001678 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001679 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001680 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001681
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001682 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001683 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001684 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1685 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001686 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001687
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001688 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001689
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001690 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001691 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1692 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001693
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001694 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001695 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001697 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001698 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001699 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001700 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001701
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001702 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001703 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001704 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1705 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1706 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001707
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001708 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1709
1710 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1711 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1712 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1713 commands until the slave device responds.
1714
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001715 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001716
1717 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1718 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1719 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001720
1721 I2C_INIT
1722
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001723 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001724 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001725
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001726 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001727
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001728 I2C_PORT
1729
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001730 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1731 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1732 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001733
1734 I2C_ACTIVE
1735
1736 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1737 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1738 define can be null.
1739
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001740 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1741
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001742 I2C_TRISTATE
1743
1744 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1745 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1746 define can be null.
1747
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001748 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001750 I2C_READ
1751
1752 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1753 FALSE if it is low.
1754
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001755 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001757 I2C_SDA(bit)
1758
1759 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1760 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1761
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001762 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001763 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001764 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001765
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001766 I2C_SCL(bit)
1767
1768 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1769 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1770
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001771 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001772 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001773 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001774
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001775 I2C_DELAY
1776
1777 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1778 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001779 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001780 like:
1781
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001782 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001783
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001784 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1785
1786 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1787 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1788 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1789 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1790
1791 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1792 the generic GPIO functions.
1793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001794 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001795
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001796 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1797 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1798 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1799 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1800 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1801 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1802 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1803 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001804
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001805 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1806
1807 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1808 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1809 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1810 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1811 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1812 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1813 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1814 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1815
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001816 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1817
1818 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1819 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1820 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1821
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001822 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1823
1824 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001825 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1826 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001827 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001829 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001830
1831 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001832 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001833 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1834 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001835
1836 e.g.
1837 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001838 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001839
1840 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1841
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001842 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001843 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001844
1845 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001847 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001848
1849 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1850 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001852 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001853
1854 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1855 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001857 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001858
1859 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1860 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1861
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001862 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001863
1864 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1865 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1866 specified DTT device.
1867
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001868 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1869
1870 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001871 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001872
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001873 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1874
1875 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1876 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1877 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1878 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1879 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1880 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1881
1882 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1883 feature!
1884
1885 Example:
1886 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1887 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1888 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1889
1890 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1891
1892 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1893 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1894
1895 => i2c bus
1896 Busses reached over muxes:
1897 Bus ID: 2
1898 reached over Mux(es):
1899 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1900 Bus ID: 3
1901 reached over Mux(es):
1902 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1903 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1904 =>
1905
1906 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001907 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1908 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001909 the channel 4.
1910
1911 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001912 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001913 the 2 muxes.
1914
1915 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1916 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1917 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1918 to add this option to other architectures.
1919
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001920 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1921
1922 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1923 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1924 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1925 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1926 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1927 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1928 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001929
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001930- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1931
1932 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1933 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1934 D/As on the SACSng board)
1935
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001936 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1937
1938 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1939 only SH7757 is supported.
1940
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001941 CONFIG_SPI_X
1942
1943 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1944 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1945
1946 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1947
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001948 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1949 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1950 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1951 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1952 defined, the board configuration must define several
1953 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1954 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001955
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001956 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1957
1958 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1959 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1960 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001961 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001962 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1963
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001964 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1965
1966 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00001967 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001968
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001969- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1970
1971 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1972
1973 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1974
1975 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1976 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1977
1978 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1979
1980 Enables support for FPGA family.
1981 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1982
1983 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001985 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001987 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001989 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001991 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001992
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001993 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1994 status by the configuration function. This option
1995 will require a board or device specific function to
1996 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001997
1998 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1999
2000 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2001 configuration driver.
2002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002003 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002006 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002008 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2009 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2010 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2011 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002013 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002015 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2016 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2017 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002018 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002020 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002021
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002022 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002023 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002025 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002026
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002027 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002028 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029
2030- Configuration Management:
2031 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2032
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002033 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2034 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002035
2036- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2037
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002038 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2039 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002040 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002041 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2042 protects these variables from casual modification by
2043 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2044 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002045 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002046
2047 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2048 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002049 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002050 these parameters.
2051
2052 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2053 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002054 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002055 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2056 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2057 read-only.]
2058
2059- Protected RAM:
2060 CONFIG_PRAM
2061
2062 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2063 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2064 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2065 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2066 this default value by defining an environment
2067 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2068 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2069 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2070 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2071 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2072 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2073 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2074
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002075 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076 saveenv
2077
2078 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2079 either, which results in a memory region that will
2080 not be affected by reboots.
2081
2082 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2083 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2084 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2085 following board configurations are known to be
2086 "pRAM-clean":
2087
2088 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2089 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002090 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091
2092- Error Recovery:
2093 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2094
2095 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2096 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2097 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002098 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2100 useful during development since you can try to debug
2101 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2102
2103 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2104
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002105 This variable defines the number of retries for
2106 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2107 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2108 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002110 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2111
2112 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002114- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002115 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002116
2117 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2118
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002119 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2120 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002121
2122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002123 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002124
2125 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2126 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2127 powerful command line syntax like
2128 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2129 constructs ("shell scripts").
2130
2131 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2132 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2133
2134
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002135 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002136
2137 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2138 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2139 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2140
2141 Note:
2142
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002143 In the current implementation, the local variables
2144 space and global environment variables space are
2145 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2146 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2147 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2148 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2149 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002151 Global environment variables are those you use
2152 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2153 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2154 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155
2156 To store commands and special characters in a
2157 variable, please use double quotation marks
2158 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2159 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2160 symbols.
2161
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002162- Commandline Editing and History:
2163 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2164
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002165 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002166 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002167
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002168- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002169 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2170
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002171 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2172 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002173 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002174
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002175 For example, place something like this in your
2176 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002177
2178 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2179 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2180 "myvar2=value2\0"
2181
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002182 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2183 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2184 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2185 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002186 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002187 You better know what you are doing here.
2188
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002189 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2190 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002191 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002192 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002193
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002194- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002195 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2196
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002197 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2198 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2199 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002200
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002201- Serial Flash support
2202 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2203
2204 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2205 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2206
2207 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2208 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2209 commands.
2210
2211 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2212 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2213 flash is present on the system.
2214
2215 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2216 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2217 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2218 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2219
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002220- SystemACE Support:
2221 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2222
2223 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2224 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002225 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002226 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002227
2228 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002229 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002230
2231 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2232 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2233
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002234- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2235 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2236
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002237 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002238 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002239 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002240 number generator is used.
2241
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002242 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2243 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2244 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2245
2246 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002247 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2248 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2249 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2250 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2251 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2252 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2253
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002254- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2256
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002257 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2258 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2259 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2260 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2261 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2262 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002264Legacy uImage format:
2265
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002266 Arg Where When
2267 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002268 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002270 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002272 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2274 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2275 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002276 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2278 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2279 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2280 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002281 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002283
2284 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2285 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2286 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2287 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2288 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2289 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2290 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002291 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002292 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2293 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2294
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002295 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002297 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002298 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2299 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002300
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002301 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2302 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2303 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2304 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2305 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2306 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2307 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2308 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2309 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2310 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2311 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2312 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2313 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2314 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2315 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2316 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2317 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2318 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2319 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2320 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2321 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2322 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2323 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2324 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2325 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2326 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2327 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2328 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2329 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2330 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2331 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2332 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2333 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2334 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2335 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2336 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2337 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2338 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2339 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2340 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2341 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2342 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2343 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2344 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2345 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2346 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2347 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002348
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002349 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002350
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002351 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002352 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2353 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002354
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002355 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2356 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002357 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002358 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2359 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2360 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002361 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2362 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002363 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002364
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002365FIT uImage format:
2366
2367 Arg Where When
2368 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2369 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2370 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2371 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2372 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2373 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002374 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002375 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2376 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2377 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2378 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2379 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002380 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2381 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002382 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2383 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2384 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2385 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2386 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2387 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2388 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2389 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2390
2391 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2392 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2393 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002394 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002395 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2396 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2397 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2398 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2399 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2400 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2401 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2402 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2403 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2404 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2405 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2406 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2407
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002408 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002409 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2410
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002411 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002412 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2413
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002414 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002415 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2416
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002417- Standalone program support:
2418 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2419
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002420 This option defines a board specific value for the
2421 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2422 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002423 settings.
2424
2425- Frame Buffer Address:
2426 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2427
2428 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2429 address for frame buffer.
2430 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2431 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002432 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002433
2434 Please see board_init_f function.
2435
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002436- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2437 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2438 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2439 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2440
2441 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2442 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2443
2444- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2445 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2446
2447 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2448 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2449
2450 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2451
2452 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2453 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2454
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002455- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002456 CONFIG_SPL
2457 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002458
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002459 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2460 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002461
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002462 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2463 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002464
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002465 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2466 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002467
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002468 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2469 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002470
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002471 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2472 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002473
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002474 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2475 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002476
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002477 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2478 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002479
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002480 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2481 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002482
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002483 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2484 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002485
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002486 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2487 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002488
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002489 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2490 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002491
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002492 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2493 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002494
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495Modem Support:
2496--------------
2497
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002498[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002500- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2502
2503- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2504 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2505
2506- Modem debug support:
2507 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2508
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002509 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2510 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002511
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002512- Interrupt support (PPC):
2513
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002514 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2515 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002516 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002517 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002518 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002519 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002520 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002521 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2522 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2523 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525- General:
2526
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002527 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2528 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2529 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002530 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002531 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2532 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2533 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002535 If there are no modem init strings in the
2536 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2537 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002538 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002539
2540 See also: doc/README.Modem
2541
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002542Board initialization settings:
2543------------------------------
2544
2545During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2546to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2547before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2548following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2549architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2550typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2551
2552- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2553- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2554- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2555- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002556
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557Configuration Settings:
2558-----------------------
2559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002560- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2562
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002563- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2564 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002566- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567 prompt for user input.
2568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002569- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002571- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002573- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002575- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2577 booted
2578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002579- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002582- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002583 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002585- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002586 If the board specific function
2587 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2588 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002591- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002592 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002594- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002597- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002598 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2599 simple memory test.
2600
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002601- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002602 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002604- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002605 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2606 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002608- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2609 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002610 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002611 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002612 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2613 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2614 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002615 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002616 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002617 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002618
2619 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2620 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2621 be touched.
2622
2623 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2624 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2625 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2626 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2627 problems.
2628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002629- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630 Default load address for network file downloads
2631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002632- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002633 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002638- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2640 Cogent motherboard)
2641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002642- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002643 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002645- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2647 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002648 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002649 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002651- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002652 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2653 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2654 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2655 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002657- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002660- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002661 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2662 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002663 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002664 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002666- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2668 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002669 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2670 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2671 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2672 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002673 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002674 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2675 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2676 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002677
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002678- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2679 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2680 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2681 is enabled.
2682
2683- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2684 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2685 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2686
2687- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2688 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2689 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692 Max number of Flash memory banks
2693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002694- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002703- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002704 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002706- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002707 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002709- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002710 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2711 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2712
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002713- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002714
2715 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2716 without this option such a download has to be
2717 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2718 copy from RAM to flash.
2719
2720 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2721 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002722 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2723 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002724 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002726- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002727 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002728 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002730- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002731 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2732 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002734- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2735 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2736 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2737 to the MTD layer.
2738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002739- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002740 Use buffered writes to flash.
2741
2742- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2743 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2744 write commands.
2745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002746- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002747 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2748 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2749 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2750 optionally available.
2751
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002752- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2753 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2754 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2755 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002757- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002758 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2759 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002760 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2761 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002762 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002763 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2764
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002765- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2766
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002767 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2768 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2769 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2770 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2771 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002772
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002773The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2774of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2775following configurations:
2776
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002777- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2778
2779 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2780 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002782- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783
2784 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2785
2786 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2787 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2788 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2789 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2790 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2791 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2792 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2793 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2794 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2795 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2796 between U-Boot and the environment.
2797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002798 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799
2800 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2801 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2802 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2803 for this sector is given here.
2804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002805 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002807 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808
2809 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2810 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002811 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002813 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814
2815 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2816
2817
2818 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2819 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2820 the environment.
2821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002822 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002824 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002825 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2827 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2828
2829 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2830 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2831 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2832 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2833 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2834 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2835 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2836 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2837 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2838
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002839 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2840 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002842 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002843 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002844 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002845 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002846
2847BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2848source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2849accordingly!
2850
2851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002852- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002853
2854 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2855 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2856 environment.
2857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002858 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2859 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002860
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002861 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2863 can just be read and written to, without any special
2864 provision.
2865
2866BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2867in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002868console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002869U-Boot will hang.
2870
2871Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2872environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2873keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2874to save the current settings.
2875
2876
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002877- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002878
2879 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2880 device and a driver for it.
2881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002882 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2883 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884
2885 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2886 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002888 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002889 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2890 The default address is zero.
2891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002892 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002893 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2894 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2895 would require six bits.
2896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002897 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002898 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002899 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002901 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2903 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002905 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002906 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2907 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2908 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2909 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2910 byte chips.
2911
2912 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2913 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2914 in the chip address.
2915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002916 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002917 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2918
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002919 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2920 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2921 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2922
2923 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2924 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2925 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2926 EEPROM. For example:
2927
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002928 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002929
2930 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2931 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002933- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002934
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002935 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002936 want to use for the environment.
2937
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002938 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2939 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2940 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002941
2942 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
2943 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
2944 at the specified address.
2945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002946- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002947
2948 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
2949 for the environment.
2950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002951 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2952 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002953
2954 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002955 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
2956 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002957
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002958 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002960 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002961 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
2962 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002963 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002964 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002965
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002966 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
2967
2968 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
2969 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
2970 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
2971 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
2972 the range to be avoided.
2973
2974 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
2975
2976 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
2977 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
2978 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
2979 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
2980 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002981
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002982- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2983
2984 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2985 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2986 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002988- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989
2990 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2991 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2992 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2993 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2994 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2995 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2996 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2997
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002998Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002999has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003000created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001until then to read environment variables.
3002
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003003The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3004is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3005with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3006necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3007"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3008have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009
3010Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3011the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003012use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003014- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003015 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003016
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003017 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003018 also needs to be defined.
3019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003020- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003021 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003022
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003023- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3024 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3025 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3026 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3027 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3028 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3029
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003030Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003031---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003033- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003034 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003036- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003037 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003038
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003039 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3040 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3041 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003042
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003043- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3044 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3045 PowerPC SOCs.
3046
3047- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3048 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3049 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3050
3051 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3052 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3053
3054- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3055 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3056 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003057 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003058 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3059 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3060 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3061
3062 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3063 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3064
3065- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003066 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3067 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003068 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3069 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3070
3071- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3072 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3073 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3074 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3075
3076- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3077 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3078 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3079
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003080- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003081 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003082
3083 the default drive number (default value 0)
3084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003086
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003087 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003088 (default value 1)
3089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003091
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003092 defines the offset of register from address. It
3093 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003094 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3097 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003098 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003100 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003101 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3102 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3103 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3104 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003105
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003106- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3107 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3108 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3109 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3110 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3111 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3112 is requierd.
3113
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003114- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003115 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003116 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003117
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003118- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003119
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003120 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3122 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3123 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3124 will become available only after programming the
3125 memory controller and running certain initialization
3126 sequences.
3127
3128 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3129 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3130 - MPC824X: data cache
3131 - PPC4xx: data cache
3132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003133- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003134
3135 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003136 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3137 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003139 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003140 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3141 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3142 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143
3144 Note:
3145 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3146 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003147 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3149 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003151- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003153- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003155- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003157- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003158
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003159- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003161- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003163- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003164 SDRAM timing
3165
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003166- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003167 periodic timer for refresh
3168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003169- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003171- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3172 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3173 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3174 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003175 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3176
3177- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003178 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3179 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003180 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003182- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3183 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003184 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3185 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003187- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003188 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3189 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003191- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003192 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3193 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3194
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003195- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3197 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3198
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003199- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3201 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3202 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003204- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003205 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3206 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3207 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3208 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003210- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3211 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3212 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3213 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3214 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3215 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3216 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3217 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003218 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003219
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003220- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3221 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3222 required.
3223
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003224- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3225 Chip has SRIO or not
3226
3227- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3228 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3229
3230- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3231 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3232
3233- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3234 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3235
3236- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3237 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3238
3239- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3240 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3241
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003242- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3243 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3244 16 bit bus.
3245
3246- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3247 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3248 a default value will be used.
3249
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003250- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003251 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3252 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3253
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003254 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3255 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003257- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003258 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3259 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3260 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003261
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003262- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3263 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3264 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3265 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3266 header files or board specific files.
3267
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003268- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3269 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003271- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003272 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3273 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003274
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003275- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3276 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3277
3278- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3279 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003280 to the given FEC; i. e.
3281 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003282 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3283
3284 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3285
3286- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3287 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3288 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3289
3290- CONFIG_RMII
3291 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3292 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3293 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3294
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003295- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3296 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3297 The syntax is:
3298
3299 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3300
3301 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3302 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3303 area should have.
3304
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003305- CONFIG_LOOPW
3306 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003307 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003308
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003309- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3310 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3311 "md/mw" commands.
3312 Examples:
3313
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003314 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003315 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3316
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003317 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003318 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3319
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003320 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003321 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003322
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003323- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003324 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003325 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3326 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3327 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003328
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003329 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3330 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3331 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3332 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003333
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003334- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003335 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3336 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3337 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003338
Heiko Schocher68bb8292011-11-01 20:00:30 +00003339- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3340 define this, if you want to read first the oob data
3341 and then the data. This is used for example on
3342 davinci plattforms.
3343
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003344- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3345 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3346 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3347 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3348 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3349
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003350Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3351-----------------------------------
3352
3353The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3354loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3355This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3356are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3357within that device.
3358
3359- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3360 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3361 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3362 is also specified.
3363
3364- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3365 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3366 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3367 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3368 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3369
3370- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3371 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3372 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3373 virtual address in NOR flash.
3374
3375- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3376 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3377 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3378
3379- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3380 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3381 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3382
3383- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3384 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3385 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3386
3387
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003388Building the Software:
3389======================
3390
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003391Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3392and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3393all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3394(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3395recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3396which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003398If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3399have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3400you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3401Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3402necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003404 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3405 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003406
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003407Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3408 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3409 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3410 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3411
3412 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3413
3414 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3415 be executed on computers running Windows.
3416
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003417U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3418sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003419is done by typing:
3420
3421 make NAME_config
3422
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003423where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3424rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003426Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3427 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3428 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3429 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003430 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003432 make TQM823L_config
3433 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003435 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3436 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003438 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003439
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003441Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3442images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003444- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3445- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3446- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003447
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003448By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3449in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3450this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3451
34521. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3453
3454 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3455 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3456 make O=/tmp/build all
3457
34582. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3459
3460 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3461 make distclean
3462 make NAME_config
3463 make all
3464
3465Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3466variable.
3467
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003469Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3470for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3471native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003474If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3475to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3476steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034781. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3479 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3480 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3481 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3482 keep this order.
34832. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3484 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3485 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
34863. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3487 your board
34883. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3489 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
34904. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
34915. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3492 to be installed on your target system.
34936. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3494 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003497Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3498==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003500If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3501or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003502provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3503the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003504official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003505
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003506But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3507cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003508the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3509just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003510for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3511select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3512environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3513you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003515 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003517or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003519 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003520
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003521When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3522U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3523setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3524built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3525<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3526location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3527variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003528
3529 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3530 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3531 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3532
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003533With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3534log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3535during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003536
3537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003538See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003541Monitor Commands - Overview:
3542============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003544go - start application at address 'addr'
3545run - run commands in an environment variable
3546bootm - boot application image from memory
3547bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3548tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3549 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3550 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003551tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003552rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3553diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3554loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3555loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3556md - memory display
3557mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3558nm - memory modify (constant address)
3559mw - memory write (fill)
3560cp - memory copy
3561cmp - memory compare
3562crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003563i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003564sspi - SPI utility commands
3565base - print or set address offset
3566printenv- print environment variables
3567setenv - set environment variables
3568saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3569protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3570erase - erase FLASH memory
3571flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3572bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3573iminfo - print header information for application image
3574coninfo - print console devices and informations
3575ide - IDE sub-system
3576loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003577loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003578mtest - simple RAM test
3579icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3580dcache - enable or disable data cache
3581reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3582echo - echo args to console
3583version - print monitor version
3584help - print online help
3585? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003586
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003588Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3589========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003591TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003593For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594
3595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003596Environment Variables:
3597======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003599U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3600can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003602Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3603"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3604without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3605environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3606working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3607environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003609Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3610
3611List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003613 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003615 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003617 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003619 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003621 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003622
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003623 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3624 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3625 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3626 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3627 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3628 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003629 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3630 bootm_mapsize.
3631
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003632 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003633 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3634 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3635 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3636 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3637 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3638 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003639
3640 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3641 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3642 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3643 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3644 environment variable.
3645
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003646 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3647 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3648 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003650 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3651 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3652 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3653 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003655 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3656 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3657 be automatically started (by internally calling
3658 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3661 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3662 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3663 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3664 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003666 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3667 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003668 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3669 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3670 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3671 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3672 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3673 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3674 access it during the boot procedure.
3675
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003676 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3677 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3678 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3679 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3680 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3681 must be accessible by the kernel.
3682
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003683 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3684 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3685 defined.
3686
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003687 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3688 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3689 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3690 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3691 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003693 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3694 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3695 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3696 is usually what you want since it allows for
3697 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3698 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003699 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003700 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3701 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3702 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3703 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003705 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3706 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3707 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3708 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3709 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3710 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003711
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003712 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003714 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3715 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3716 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3717 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3718 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3719 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3720 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003722 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003724 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3725 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003727 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003729 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003731 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003733 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003735 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003736
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003737 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003738
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003739 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3740 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003741
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003742 => setenv ethact FEC
3743 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3744 => setenv ethact SCC
3745 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003746
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003747 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3748 available network interfaces.
3749 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3750
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003751 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003752 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3753 When set to "once" the network operation will
3754 fail when all the available network interfaces
3755 are tried once without success.
3756 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3757 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003759 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003760
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003761 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003762 UDP source port.
3763
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003764 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3765 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3766
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003767 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3768 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3769
3770 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3771 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3772 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3773 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3774 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3775 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3776 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3777
3778 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003779 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003780 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003781
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003782The following image location variables contain the location of images
3783used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3784not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3785variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3786server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3787loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3788flash or offset in NAND flash.
3789
3790*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3791boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3792boards use these variables for other purposes.
3793
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003794Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3795----- --------- ----------- --------------
3796u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3797Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3798device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3799ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003801The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3802updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3803depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003805 bootfile - see above
3806 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3807 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3808 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3809 hostname - Target hostname
3810 ipaddr - see above
3811 netmask - Subnet Mask
3812 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3813 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003814
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003816There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003818 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3819 as type string and/or serial number
3820 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003822These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3823the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3824once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825
3826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003829 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3830 with the "version" command. This variable is
3831 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003834Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3835only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003838Command Line Parsing:
3839=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003841There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3842the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003844Old, simple command line parser:
3845--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003847- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3848- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003849- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003850- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3851 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003852 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003853- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3854 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003856Hush shell:
3857-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003859- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3860 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3861 until...do...done, ...
3862- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3863 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3864 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3865 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003867General rules:
3868--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003870(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3871 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3872 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3873 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003875(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003876 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003877 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3878 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003880Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3881=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003882
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003883Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003884such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3885"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003887Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3888MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3889"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003891If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3892in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3893ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3894variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003896o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3897 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003899o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3900 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3901 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3904 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003906o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3907 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3908 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003910o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3911 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003913If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003914will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003915may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3916The naming convention is as follows:
3917"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003919Image Formats:
3920==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003922U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3923images in two formats:
3924
3925New uImage format (FIT)
3926-----------------------
3927
3928Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3929to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3930components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3931SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3932
3933
3934Old uImage format
3935-----------------
3936
3937Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3938preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3939details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3942 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003943 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3944 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3945 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02003946* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003947 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
3948 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003949* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3950* Load Address
3951* Entry Point
3952* Image Name
3953* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003955The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3956and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3957CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003958
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003960Linux Support:
3961==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003963Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3964easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3965U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003967U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3968special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3969"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3970instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3971serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003973- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3974 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3975 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003977- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3978 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003980- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3981 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3982 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3983 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3984 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3985 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003988Linux HOWTO:
3989============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003991Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3992---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3995configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3996(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3997Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003999But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4002include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004003Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4004and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004005as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004008Configuring the Linux kernel:
4009-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004011No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4012device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015Building a Linux Image:
4016-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004018With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4019not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4020"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4021U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4022which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4023100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004025Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004027 make TQM850L_config
4028 make oldconfig
4029 make dep
4030 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004032The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4033encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4034CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004036* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004038* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004040 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4041 -R .note -R .comment \
4042 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004044* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004046 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004050 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4051 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4052 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004053
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4056with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4057combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4058byte header containing information about target architecture,
4059operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4060stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4063print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004065In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4066contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4067checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004069 tools/mkimage -l image
4070 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004072The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4073from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004075 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4076 -n name -d data_file image
4077 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4078 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4079 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4080 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4081 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4082 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4083 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4084 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004085
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004086Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4087address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4088kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004090- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4091- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004093So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4096 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004097 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004098 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4099 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4100 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4101 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4102 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4103 Load Address: 0x00000000
4104 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004106To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4109 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4110 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4111 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4112 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4113 Load Address: 0x00000000
4114 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4117speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4118needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4119need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004121 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4123 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004124 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004125 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4126 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4127 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4128 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4129 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4130 Load Address: 0x00000000
4131 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004134Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4135when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4138 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4139 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4140 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4141 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4142 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4143 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4144 Load Address: 0x00000000
4145 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004146
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004148Installing a Linux Image:
4149-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4152you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004154 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004156The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4157image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4158address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4159specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4160command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004162Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4163TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167 .......... done
4168 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004170 => loads 40100000
4171 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4172 ~>examples/image.srec
4173 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4174 ...
4175 15989 15990 15991 15992
4176 [file transfer complete]
4177 [connected]
4178 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
4180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004181You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004182this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004183corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004187 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4188 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4189 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4190 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4191 Load Address: 00000000
4192 Entry Point: 0000000c
4193 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
4195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004196Boot Linux:
4197-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004199The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4200memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4201of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4202parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4203"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
4205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004206 => printenv bootargs
4207 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004211 => printenv bootargs
4212 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214 => bootm 40020000
4215 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4216 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4217 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4218 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4219 Load Address: 00000000
4220 Entry Point: 0000000c
4221 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4222 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4223 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4224 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4225 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4226 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4227 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4228 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004229
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004230If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004231the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4232format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004234 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4237 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4238 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4239 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4240 Load Address: 00000000
4241 Entry Point: 0000000c
4242 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4245 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4246 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4247 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4248 Load Address: 00000000
4249 Entry Point: 00000000
4250 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4253 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4254 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4255 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4256 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4257 Load Address: 00000000
4258 Entry Point: 0000000c
4259 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4260 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4261 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4262 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4263 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4264 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4265 Load Address: 00000000
4266 Entry Point: 00000000
4267 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4268 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4269 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4270 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4271 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4272 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4273 ...
4274 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4275 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004279Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4280-----------
4281
4282First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4283titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4284following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4285flat device tree:
4286
4287=> print oftaddr
4288oftaddr=0x300000
4289=> print oft
4290oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4291=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4292Speed: 1000, full duplex
4293Using TSEC0 device
4294TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4295Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4296Load address: 0x300000
4297Loading: #
4298done
4299Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4300=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4301Speed: 1000, full duplex
4302Using TSEC0 device
4303TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4304Filename 'uImage'.
4305Load address: 0x200000
4306Loading:############
4307done
4308Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4309=> print loadaddr
4310loadaddr=200000
4311=> print oftaddr
4312oftaddr=0x300000
4313=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4314## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004315 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4316 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4317 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004318 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004319 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004320 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4321 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4322Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4323Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4324Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4325[snip]
4326
4327
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004328More About U-Boot Image Types:
4329------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004331U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004333 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4334 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4335 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4336 the Standalone Program.
4337 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4338 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4339 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4340 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4341 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4342 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4343 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4344 being started.
4345 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4346 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4347 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4348 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4349 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4350 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004352 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4353 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4354 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4355 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4356 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4357 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4360 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4361 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004363 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4364 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4365 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4366 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004367
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004369Standalone HOWTO:
4370=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4373run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4374U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004375
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004376Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378"Hello World" Demo:
4379-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4382application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4383It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4384like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004386 => loads
4387 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4388 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4389 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4390 [file transfer complete]
4391 [connected]
4392 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004394 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4395 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4396 Hello World
4397 argc = 7
4398 argv[0] = "40004"
4399 argv[1] = "Hello"
4400 argv[2] = "World!"
4401 argv[3] = "This"
4402 argv[4] = "is"
4403 argv[5] = "a"
4404 argv[6] = "test."
4405 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4406 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004410Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4411handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4412Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4413The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4414character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4415controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4418 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4419 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4420 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422 => loads
4423 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4424 ~>examples/timer.srec
4425 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4426 [file transfer complete]
4427 [connected]
4428 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 => go 40004
4431 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4432 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4433 Using timer 1
4434 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436Hit 'b':
4437 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4438 Enabling timer
4439Hit '?':
4440 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4441 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4442Hit '?':
4443 [q, b, e, ?] .
4444 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4445Hit '?':
4446 [q, b, e, ?] .
4447 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4448Hit '?':
4449 [q, b, e, ?] .
4450 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4451Hit 'e':
4452 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4453Hit 'q':
4454 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004455
4456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457Minicom warning:
4458================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4461"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4462consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4463Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4464especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4465use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4468configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4471 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4472 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004473
4474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004475NetBSD Notes:
4476=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004478Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4479(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004481Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4482NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4483need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4484Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4485attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4486missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4489 # mkdir powerpc
4490 # ln -s powerpc machine
4491 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4492 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004494Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4495and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004497Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4498stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4499proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4500tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004501meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
4503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004504Implementation Internals:
4505=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4508implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4509inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4510hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
4512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513Initial Stack, Global Data:
4514---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4517starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4518system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4519This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4520is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4521at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4522options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4523models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4524MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4525locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004527 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004528 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4531 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4532 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4533 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4536 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4537 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4538 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4539 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004540 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4542 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4545 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004546 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4548 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4549 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4550 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004552 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4554 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004555 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4557 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4558 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4559 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4560 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004562 -Chris Hallinan
4563 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004565It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4566code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4569 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004570
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004571* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4573 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4576 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004578Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4579normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4580turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4581simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4582functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4583functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4584the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4585place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4586reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004588When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4589relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4590GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4593 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004594 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004595 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4596 R5-R10: parameter passing
4597 R13: small data area pointer
4598 R30: GOT pointer
4599 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004601 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4602 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4603 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004604
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004605 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4608 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4609 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4610 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4611 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4612 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004614On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004615 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4616
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004617 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621 R0: function argument word/integer result
4622 R1-R3: function argument word
4623 R9: GOT pointer
4624 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4625 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4626 R12: temporary workspace
4627 R13: stack pointer
4628 R14: link register
4629 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004633On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4634 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4635
4636 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4637
4638 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4639 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4640
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004641On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4642
4643 R0-R1: argument/return
4644 R2-R5: argument
4645 R15: temporary register for assembler
4646 R16: trampoline register
4647 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4648 R29: global pointer (GP)
4649 R30: link register (LP)
4650 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4651 PC: program counter (PC)
4652
4653 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4654
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004655NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4656or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658Memory Management:
4659------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004661U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4662MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4665controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4666memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4667physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4670TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4671booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4672to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004673memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4675Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4678of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004680So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4681this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4684 :
4685 0x0000 1FFF
4686 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4687 :
4688 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690 :
4691 :
4692 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4693 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4694 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4695 :
4696 0x00FD FFFF
4697 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4698 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4699 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4700 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
4702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703System Initialization:
4704----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004707(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004708configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4709To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4710To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4711initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4712which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4713part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4714the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4717preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4718(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4719on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4720programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4721simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4722banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4725different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4726bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47270x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4728contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4731and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4732Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4733pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4736until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4737running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4738new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
4740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741U-Boot Porting Guide:
4742----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4745list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
4747
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004748int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749{
4750 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004752 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4753 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004756 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757 return 0;
4758 }
4759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004760 Download latest U-Boot source;
4761
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004762 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004764 if (clueless)
4765 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767 while (learning) {
4768 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004769 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4770 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004772 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004773 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004775 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4776 Buy a BDI3000;
4777 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004779
4780 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4781 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4782 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4783 } else {
4784 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4785 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004787 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4788 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004790 while (!accepted) {
4791 while (!running) {
4792 do {
4793 Add / modify source code;
4794 } until (compiles);
4795 Debug;
4796 if (clueless)
4797 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4798 }
4799 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4800 if (reasonable critiques)
4801 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4802 else
4803 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806 return 0;
4807}
4808
4809void no_more_time (int sig)
4810{
4811 hire_a_guru();
4812}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813
4814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815Coding Standards:
4816-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004819coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004820"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004822Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4823MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4824reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4825sources.
4826
4827Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4828Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4829in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830
4831Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4832- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004833- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004835- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4837
4838Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4839with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
4841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842Submitting Patches:
4843-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4846establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4847may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004848
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004849Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004850
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004851Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4852see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4855it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4858 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4859 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4862 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4865
4866* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4867
4868* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004869 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870
4871* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4872 document these in the README file.
4873
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004874* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4875 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004876 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004877 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4878 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004880 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4881 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4882 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004884 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4885 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4886 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4887 affected files).
4888
4889 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4890 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891
4892* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4893 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4894
4895* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4896 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4897
4898
4899Notes:
4900
4901* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4902 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4903 for any of the boards.
4904
4905* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4906 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4907 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4908
4909* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4910 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4911 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4912 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4913 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4914 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004915
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004916* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4917 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4918 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4919 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.